8712 lines
217 KiB
C
8712 lines
217 KiB
C
/* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
|
||
Copyright (C) 1989-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||
|
||
This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
|
||
|
||
GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
|
||
any later version.
|
||
|
||
GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||
|
||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||
along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
|
||
Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
|
||
02110-1301, USA. */
|
||
|
||
/* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
|
||
at the University of Utah. */
|
||
|
||
#include "as.h"
|
||
#include "safe-ctype.h"
|
||
#include "subsegs.h"
|
||
#include "dw2gencfi.h"
|
||
|
||
#include "bfd/libhppa.h"
|
||
|
||
/* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
|
||
#include "opcode/hppa.h"
|
||
|
||
#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
|
||
error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
|
||
records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
|
||
then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
#include "dwarf2dbg.h"
|
||
|
||
/* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
|
||
not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
|
||
|
||
/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
|
||
typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
|
||
|
||
/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
|
||
typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
|
||
#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
|
||
(((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
|
||
|
||
#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
|
||
/* How to generate a relocation. */
|
||
#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
|
||
#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
|
||
#else
|
||
#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
|
||
#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
|
||
to store a copyright string. */
|
||
#define obj_version obj_elf_version
|
||
#define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
|
||
|
||
#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
|
||
#endif /* OBJ_ELF */
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
|
||
#define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
|
||
#define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
|
||
#define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
|
||
#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
|
||
|
||
/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
|
||
typedef int reloc_type;
|
||
|
||
/* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
|
||
#define obj_version obj_som_version
|
||
#define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
|
||
|
||
/* How to generate a relocation. */
|
||
#define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
|
||
|
||
/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
|
||
typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
|
||
#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
|
||
(((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
|
||
|
||
/* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
|
||
#ifndef R_DLT_REL
|
||
#define R_DLT_REL 0x78
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#ifndef R_N0SEL
|
||
#define R_N0SEL 0xd8
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#ifndef R_N1SEL
|
||
#define R_N1SEL 0xd9
|
||
#endif
|
||
#endif /* OBJ_SOM */
|
||
|
||
#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
|
||
#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
|
||
#else
|
||
#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
|
||
|
||
/* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
|
||
|
||
struct unwind_desc
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
|
||
unsigned int millicode:1;
|
||
unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
|
||
unsigned int region_desc:2;
|
||
unsigned int save_sr:2;
|
||
unsigned int entry_fr:4;
|
||
unsigned int entry_gr:5;
|
||
unsigned int args_stored:1;
|
||
unsigned int call_fr:5;
|
||
unsigned int call_gr:5;
|
||
unsigned int save_sp:1;
|
||
unsigned int save_rp:1;
|
||
unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
|
||
unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
|
||
unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
|
||
|
||
unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
|
||
unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
|
||
unsigned int reserved:3;
|
||
unsigned int frame_size:27;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
|
||
place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
|
||
object files. */
|
||
#define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
|
||
(((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
|
||
| ((U)->millicode << 30) \
|
||
| ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
|
||
| ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
|
||
| ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
|
||
| ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
|
||
| ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
|
||
| ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
|
||
| ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
|
||
| ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
|
||
| ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
|
||
| ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
|
||
| ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
|
||
| ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
|
||
| ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
|
||
|
||
#define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
|
||
(((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
|
||
| ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
|
||
| ((U)->frame_size << 0))
|
||
|
||
struct unwind_table
|
||
{
|
||
/* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
|
||
descriptor. */
|
||
unsigned int start_offset;
|
||
unsigned int end_offset;
|
||
struct unwind_desc descriptor;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
|
||
control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
|
||
creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
|
||
|
||
NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
|
||
prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
|
||
|
||
The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
|
||
.callinfo pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
struct call_info
|
||
{
|
||
/* The unwind descriptor being built. */
|
||
struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
|
||
|
||
/* Name of this function. */
|
||
symbolS *start_symbol;
|
||
|
||
/* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
|
||
symbolS *end_symbol;
|
||
|
||
/* Next entry in the chain. */
|
||
struct call_info *ci_next;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
|
||
allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
|
||
SGL and DBL). */
|
||
typedef enum
|
||
{
|
||
SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
|
||
}
|
||
fp_operand_format;
|
||
|
||
/* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
|
||
an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
|
||
(ELF has no need for it). */
|
||
typedef enum
|
||
{
|
||
SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
|
||
SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
|
||
SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
|
||
SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
|
||
SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
|
||
SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
|
||
SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
|
||
SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
|
||
SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
|
||
}
|
||
pa_symbol_type;
|
||
|
||
/* This structure contains information needed to assemble
|
||
individual instructions. */
|
||
struct pa_it
|
||
{
|
||
/* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
|
||
unsigned long opcode;
|
||
|
||
/* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
|
||
expressionS exp;
|
||
|
||
/* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
|
||
int pcrel;
|
||
|
||
/* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
|
||
fp_operand_format fpof1;
|
||
fp_operand_format fpof2;
|
||
|
||
/* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
|
||
int trunc;
|
||
|
||
/* Holds the field selector for this instruction
|
||
(for example L%, LR%, etc). */
|
||
long field_selector;
|
||
|
||
/* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
|
||
instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
|
||
unsigned int arg_reloc;
|
||
|
||
/* The format specification for this instruction. */
|
||
int format;
|
||
|
||
/* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
|
||
reloc_type reloc;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
|
||
|
||
+--------------+--------------+
|
||
| 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
|
||
+--------------+--------------+
|
||
| 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
|
||
+--------------+--------------+
|
||
| | |
|
||
|
||
. . .
|
||
. . .
|
||
. . .
|
||
|
||
| | |
|
||
+--------------+--------------+
|
||
| 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
|
||
+--------------+--------------+
|
||
| 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
|
||
+--------------+--------------+ */
|
||
|
||
/* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
|
||
struct call_desc
|
||
{
|
||
/* The argument relocation specification. */
|
||
unsigned int arg_reloc;
|
||
|
||
/* Number of arguments. */
|
||
unsigned int arg_count;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
|
||
chain. */
|
||
|
||
struct subspace_dictionary_chain
|
||
{
|
||
/* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
|
||
unsigned int ssd_defined;
|
||
|
||
/* Name of this subspace. */
|
||
char *ssd_name;
|
||
|
||
/* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
|
||
asection *ssd_seg;
|
||
int ssd_subseg;
|
||
|
||
/* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
|
||
struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
|
||
|
||
/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
|
||
chain. */
|
||
|
||
struct space_dictionary_chain
|
||
{
|
||
/* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
|
||
as a default space. */
|
||
unsigned int sd_defined;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
|
||
unsigned int sd_user_defined;
|
||
|
||
/* The space number (or index). */
|
||
unsigned int sd_spnum;
|
||
|
||
/* The name of this subspace. */
|
||
char *sd_name;
|
||
|
||
/* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
|
||
asection *sd_seg;
|
||
|
||
/* Current subsegment number being used. */
|
||
int sd_last_subseg;
|
||
|
||
/* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
|
||
ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
|
||
|
||
/* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
|
||
struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
|
||
|
||
/* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
|
||
dictionary entries. */
|
||
|
||
struct default_subspace_dict
|
||
{
|
||
/* Name of the subspace. */
|
||
const char *name;
|
||
|
||
/* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
|
||
char defined;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
|
||
char loadable;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
|
||
char code_only;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
|
||
char comdat;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
|
||
char common;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
|
||
to be multiply defined. */
|
||
char dup_common;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
|
||
char zero;
|
||
|
||
/* Sort key for this subspace. */
|
||
unsigned char sort;
|
||
|
||
/* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
|
||
as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
|
||
int access;
|
||
|
||
/* Index of containing space. */
|
||
int space_index;
|
||
|
||
/* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
|
||
int alignment;
|
||
|
||
/* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
|
||
int quadrant;
|
||
|
||
/* An index into the default spaces array. */
|
||
int def_space_index;
|
||
|
||
/* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
|
||
subsegT subsegment;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* This structure defines attributes of the default space
|
||
dictionary entries. */
|
||
|
||
struct default_space_dict
|
||
{
|
||
/* Name of the space. */
|
||
const char *name;
|
||
|
||
/* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
|
||
assembly code numerically! */
|
||
int spnum;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
|
||
char loadable;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
|
||
char defined;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
|
||
char private;
|
||
|
||
/* Sort key for this space. */
|
||
unsigned char sort;
|
||
|
||
/* Segment associated with this space. */
|
||
asection *segment;
|
||
};
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
|
||
callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
|
||
label. */
|
||
typedef struct label_symbol_struct
|
||
{
|
||
struct symbol *lss_label;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
segT lss_segment;
|
||
#endif
|
||
struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
|
||
}
|
||
label_symbol_struct;
|
||
|
||
/* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
|
||
struct hppa_fix_struct
|
||
{
|
||
/* The field selector. */
|
||
enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
|
||
|
||
/* Type of fixup. */
|
||
int fx_r_type;
|
||
|
||
/* Format of fixup. */
|
||
int fx_r_format;
|
||
|
||
/* Argument relocation bits. */
|
||
unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
|
||
|
||
/* The segment this fixup appears in. */
|
||
segT segment;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
|
||
|
||
struct pd_reg
|
||
{
|
||
const char *name;
|
||
int value;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
|
||
to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
|
||
struct fp_cond_map
|
||
{
|
||
const char *string;
|
||
int cond;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
|
||
string to a field selector type. */
|
||
struct selector_entry
|
||
{
|
||
const char *prefix;
|
||
int field_selector;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
|
||
static void pa_text (int);
|
||
static void pa_data (int);
|
||
static void pa_comm (int);
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
static int exact_log2 (int);
|
||
static void pa_compiler (int);
|
||
static void pa_align (int);
|
||
static void pa_space (int);
|
||
static void pa_spnum (int);
|
||
static void pa_subspace (int);
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (const char *, int, int,
|
||
int, int, int,
|
||
asection *, int);
|
||
static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
|
||
const char *, int, int,
|
||
int, int, int, int,
|
||
int, int, int, int,
|
||
int, asection *);
|
||
static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
|
||
char *, int, int, int,
|
||
int, int, int, int,
|
||
int, int, int, int,
|
||
asection *);
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (const char *);
|
||
static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (const char *);
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *);
|
||
static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *,
|
||
subsegT);
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int);
|
||
static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int);
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *, int);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
|
||
|
||
/* The current space and subspace. */
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
|
||
static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Root of the call_info chain. */
|
||
static struct call_info *call_info_root;
|
||
|
||
/* The last call_info (for functions) structure
|
||
seen so it can be associated with fixups and
|
||
function labels. */
|
||
static struct call_info *last_call_info;
|
||
|
||
/* The last call description (for actual calls). */
|
||
static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
|
||
|
||
/* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
|
||
static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
|
||
followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
|
||
as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
|
||
const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
|
||
|
||
/* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
|
||
a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
|
||
.line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
|
||
|
||
Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
|
||
first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
|
||
#NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
|
||
|
||
Also note that C style comments will always work. */
|
||
const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
|
||
|
||
/* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
|
||
pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
|
||
const char comment_chars[] = ";";
|
||
|
||
/* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
|
||
const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
|
||
|
||
/* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
|
||
const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
|
||
|
||
/* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
|
||
As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
|
||
|
||
Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
|
||
changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it
|
||
at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
|
||
const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
|
||
|
||
static struct pa_it the_insn;
|
||
|
||
/* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
|
||
and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
|
||
variable. */
|
||
static char *expr_end;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
|
||
static int callinfo_found;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
|
||
static int within_entry_exit;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
|
||
static int within_procedure;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
|
||
seen in each subspace. */
|
||
static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Last label symbol */
|
||
static label_symbol_struct last_label_symbol;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
|
||
|
||
Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
|
||
not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
|
||
|
||
Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
|
||
occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
|
||
by pa_parse_number. */
|
||
static int strict;
|
||
|
||
/* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
|
||
pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
|
||
point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
|
||
The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
|
||
register has a `r' suffix. */
|
||
#define FP_REG_BASE 64
|
||
#define FP_REG_RSEL 128
|
||
static int pa_number;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
|
||
static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
|
||
static int print_errors = 1;
|
||
|
||
/* List of registers that are pre-defined:
|
||
|
||
Each general register has one predefined name of the form
|
||
%r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
|
||
|
||
Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
|
||
but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
|
||
|
||
Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
|
||
%fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
|
||
names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
|
||
again have the value <REGNUM>.
|
||
|
||
Many registers also have synonyms:
|
||
|
||
%r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
|
||
%r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
|
||
%fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
|
||
%r30 has %sp as a synonym
|
||
%r27 has %dp as a synonym
|
||
%r2 has %rp as a synonym
|
||
|
||
Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
|
||
here for brevity.
|
||
|
||
The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
|
||
|
||
static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
|
||
{
|
||
{"%arg0", 26},
|
||
{"%arg1", 25},
|
||
{"%arg2", 24},
|
||
{"%arg3", 23},
|
||
{"%cr0", 0},
|
||
{"%cr10", 10},
|
||
{"%cr11", 11},
|
||
{"%cr12", 12},
|
||
{"%cr13", 13},
|
||
{"%cr14", 14},
|
||
{"%cr15", 15},
|
||
{"%cr16", 16},
|
||
{"%cr17", 17},
|
||
{"%cr18", 18},
|
||
{"%cr19", 19},
|
||
{"%cr20", 20},
|
||
{"%cr21", 21},
|
||
{"%cr22", 22},
|
||
{"%cr23", 23},
|
||
{"%cr24", 24},
|
||
{"%cr25", 25},
|
||
{"%cr26", 26},
|
||
{"%cr27", 27},
|
||
{"%cr28", 28},
|
||
{"%cr29", 29},
|
||
{"%cr30", 30},
|
||
{"%cr31", 31},
|
||
{"%cr8", 8},
|
||
{"%cr9", 9},
|
||
{"%dp", 27},
|
||
{"%eiem", 15},
|
||
{"%eirr", 23},
|
||
{"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fret", 4},
|
||
{"%hta", 25},
|
||
{"%iir", 19},
|
||
{"%ior", 21},
|
||
{"%ipsw", 22},
|
||
{"%isr", 20},
|
||
{"%itmr", 16},
|
||
{"%iva", 14},
|
||
#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
|
||
{"%mrp", 2},
|
||
#else
|
||
{"%mrp", 31},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{"%pcoq", 18},
|
||
{"%pcsq", 17},
|
||
{"%pidr1", 8},
|
||
{"%pidr2", 9},
|
||
{"%pidr3", 12},
|
||
{"%pidr4", 13},
|
||
{"%ppda", 24},
|
||
{"%r0", 0},
|
||
{"%r1", 1},
|
||
{"%r10", 10},
|
||
{"%r11", 11},
|
||
{"%r12", 12},
|
||
{"%r13", 13},
|
||
{"%r14", 14},
|
||
{"%r15", 15},
|
||
{"%r16", 16},
|
||
{"%r17", 17},
|
||
{"%r18", 18},
|
||
{"%r19", 19},
|
||
{"%r2", 2},
|
||
{"%r20", 20},
|
||
{"%r21", 21},
|
||
{"%r22", 22},
|
||
{"%r23", 23},
|
||
{"%r24", 24},
|
||
{"%r25", 25},
|
||
{"%r26", 26},
|
||
{"%r27", 27},
|
||
{"%r28", 28},
|
||
{"%r29", 29},
|
||
{"%r3", 3},
|
||
{"%r30", 30},
|
||
{"%r31", 31},
|
||
{"%r4", 4},
|
||
{"%r5", 5},
|
||
{"%r6", 6},
|
||
{"%r7", 7},
|
||
{"%r8", 8},
|
||
{"%r9", 9},
|
||
{"%rctr", 0},
|
||
{"%ret0", 28},
|
||
{"%ret1", 29},
|
||
{"%rp", 2},
|
||
{"%sar", 11},
|
||
{"%sp", 30},
|
||
{"%sr0", 0},
|
||
{"%sr1", 1},
|
||
{"%sr2", 2},
|
||
{"%sr3", 3},
|
||
{"%sr4", 4},
|
||
{"%sr5", 5},
|
||
{"%sr6", 6},
|
||
{"%sr7", 7},
|
||
{"%t1", 22},
|
||
{"%t2", 21},
|
||
{"%t3", 20},
|
||
{"%t4", 19},
|
||
{"%tf1", 11},
|
||
{"%tf2", 10},
|
||
{"%tf3", 9},
|
||
{"%tf4", 8},
|
||
{"%tr0", 24},
|
||
{"%tr1", 25},
|
||
{"%tr2", 26},
|
||
{"%tr3", 27},
|
||
{"%tr4", 28},
|
||
{"%tr5", 29},
|
||
{"%tr6", 30},
|
||
{"%tr7", 31}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
|
||
so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
|
||
for < first, we would get a false match. */
|
||
static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
|
||
{
|
||
{"false?", 0},
|
||
{"false", 1},
|
||
{"true?", 30},
|
||
{"true", 31},
|
||
{"!<=>", 3},
|
||
{"!?>=", 8},
|
||
{"!?<=", 16},
|
||
{"!<>", 7},
|
||
{"!>=", 11},
|
||
{"!?>", 12},
|
||
{"?<=", 14},
|
||
{"!<=", 19},
|
||
{"!?<", 20},
|
||
{"?>=", 22},
|
||
{"!?=", 24},
|
||
{"!=t", 27},
|
||
{"<=>", 29},
|
||
{"=t", 5},
|
||
{"?=", 6},
|
||
{"?<", 10},
|
||
{"<=", 13},
|
||
{"!>", 15},
|
||
{"?>", 18},
|
||
{">=", 21},
|
||
{"!<", 23},
|
||
{"<>", 25},
|
||
{"!=", 26},
|
||
{"!?", 28},
|
||
{"?", 2},
|
||
{"=", 4},
|
||
{"<", 9},
|
||
{">", 17}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
|
||
{
|
||
{"f", e_fsel},
|
||
{"l", e_lsel},
|
||
{"ld", e_ldsel},
|
||
{"lp", e_lpsel},
|
||
{"lr", e_lrsel},
|
||
{"ls", e_lssel},
|
||
{"lt", e_ltsel},
|
||
{"ltp", e_ltpsel},
|
||
{"n", e_nsel},
|
||
{"nl", e_nlsel},
|
||
{"nlr", e_nlrsel},
|
||
{"p", e_psel},
|
||
{"r", e_rsel},
|
||
{"rd", e_rdsel},
|
||
{"rp", e_rpsel},
|
||
{"rr", e_rrsel},
|
||
{"rs", e_rssel},
|
||
{"rt", e_rtsel},
|
||
{"rtp", e_rtpsel},
|
||
{"t", e_tsel},
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* default space and subspace dictionaries */
|
||
|
||
#define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
|
||
#define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
|
||
|
||
/* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
|
||
#define SUBSEG_CODE 0
|
||
#define SUBSEG_LIT 1
|
||
#define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
|
||
#define SUBSEG_DATA 0
|
||
#define SUBSEG_BSS 2
|
||
#define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
|
||
#define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
|
||
#define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
|
||
|
||
static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
|
||
{
|
||
{"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
|
||
{"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
|
||
{"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
|
||
{"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
|
||
{"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
|
||
{NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
|
||
{
|
||
{"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
|
||
{"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
|
||
{NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
|
||
|
||
/* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
|
||
#define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
|
||
#define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
|
||
#define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
|
||
#define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
|
||
|
||
#define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
|
||
#define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
|
||
a right or left half of a FP register */
|
||
#define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
|
||
#define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
|
||
|
||
/* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */
|
||
|
||
#define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \
|
||
{ \
|
||
if (immediate_check) \
|
||
{ \
|
||
if (pos == -1) \
|
||
pos = (VALUE); \
|
||
else if (len == -1) \
|
||
len = (VALUE); \
|
||
} \
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
|
||
main loop after insertion. */
|
||
|
||
#define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
|
||
{ \
|
||
((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
|
||
continue; \
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
|
||
IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
|
||
|
||
#define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
|
||
{ \
|
||
if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
|
||
{ \
|
||
if (! IGNORE) \
|
||
as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
|
||
(int) (FIELD));\
|
||
break; \
|
||
} \
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
|
||
the current file and line number are not valid. */
|
||
|
||
#define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
|
||
{ \
|
||
if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
|
||
{ \
|
||
as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
|
||
_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
|
||
(int) (FIELD));\
|
||
break; \
|
||
} \
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
|
||
IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
|
||
|
||
#define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
|
||
{ \
|
||
if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
|
||
{ \
|
||
if (! IGNORE) \
|
||
as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
|
||
(int) (FIELD));\
|
||
break; \
|
||
} \
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#define is_DP_relative(exp) \
|
||
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
||
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
|
||
|
||
#define is_SB_relative(exp) \
|
||
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
||
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0)
|
||
|
||
#define is_PC_relative(exp) \
|
||
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
||
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
|
||
|
||
#define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \
|
||
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
||
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0)
|
||
|
||
#define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \
|
||
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
||
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0)
|
||
|
||
#define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \
|
||
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
||
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0)
|
||
|
||
#define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \
|
||
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
||
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0)
|
||
|
||
#define is_tls_leoff(exp) \
|
||
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
||
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)
|
||
|
||
/* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
|
||
always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
|
||
need real complex handling yet. */
|
||
#define is_complex(exp) \
|
||
((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
|
||
|
||
/* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
|
||
|
||
/* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
|
||
proc/procend pairs match. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
pa_check_eof (void)
|
||
{
|
||
if (within_entry_exit)
|
||
as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
|
||
|
||
if (within_procedure)
|
||
as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
|
||
or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
|
||
|
||
static label_symbol_struct *
|
||
pa_get_label (void)
|
||
{
|
||
label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
|
||
|
||
if (label_chain)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
|
||
return label_chain;
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
|
||
return label_chain;
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
|
||
this function will replace it with the new label. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol)
|
||
{
|
||
label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
|
||
|
||
if (!label_chain)
|
||
label_chain = &last_label_symbol;
|
||
|
||
label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Not used. */
|
||
label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
|
||
|
||
label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Removes a label definition for the current space.
|
||
If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_undefine_label (void)
|
||
{
|
||
label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
|
||
code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
|
||
results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
|
||
hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
|
||
original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
|
||
tc_fix_data field. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag,
|
||
int where,
|
||
int size,
|
||
symbolS *add_symbol,
|
||
offsetT offset,
|
||
expressionS *exp,
|
||
int pcrel,
|
||
bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type,
|
||
enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field,
|
||
int r_format,
|
||
unsigned int arg_reloc,
|
||
int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
fixS *new_fix;
|
||
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct);
|
||
|
||
if (exp != NULL)
|
||
new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
|
||
else
|
||
new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
|
||
new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
|
||
hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
|
||
new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
|
||
is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
|
||
it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
|
||
if (new_fix->fx_subsy
|
||
&& (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0))
|
||
new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
|
||
hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp,
|
||
int hppa_field_selector)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int rel_type;
|
||
|
||
/* Get a base relocation type. */
|
||
if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
|
||
rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
||
else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
|
||
rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
else if (is_SB_relative (*exp))
|
||
rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
|
||
else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp))
|
||
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp))
|
||
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp))
|
||
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp))
|
||
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp))
|
||
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
||
#endif
|
||
else if (is_complex (*exp))
|
||
rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
|
||
else
|
||
rel_type = R_HPPA;
|
||
|
||
if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
|
||
{
|
||
as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
|
||
hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
|
||
(symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
|
||
hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
get_expression (char *str)
|
||
{
|
||
char *save_in;
|
||
asection *seg;
|
||
|
||
save_in = input_line_pointer;
|
||
input_line_pointer = str;
|
||
seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
|
||
if (!(seg == absolute_section
|
||
|| seg == undefined_section
|
||
|| SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
|
||
{
|
||
as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
|
||
expr_end = input_line_pointer;
|
||
input_line_pointer = save_in;
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
expr_end = input_line_pointer;
|
||
input_line_pointer = save_in;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
|
||
completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_nullif (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int nullif;
|
||
|
||
nullif = 0;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s = *s + 1;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
|
||
nullif = 1;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
|
||
nullif = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
*s = *s + 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return nullif;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const char *
|
||
md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
|
||
{
|
||
return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, TRUE);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Write out big-endian. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
|
||
{
|
||
number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
|
||
format. */
|
||
|
||
arelent **
|
||
tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp)
|
||
{
|
||
arelent *reloc;
|
||
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
|
||
static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
|
||
arelent **relocs;
|
||
reloc_type **codes;
|
||
reloc_type code;
|
||
int n_relocs;
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
|
||
if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
|
||
return &no_relocs;
|
||
|
||
gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
|
||
gas_assert (section != 0);
|
||
|
||
reloc = XNEW (arelent);
|
||
|
||
reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
||
*reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
|
||
|
||
/* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations.
|
||
When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */
|
||
/* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr,
|
||
undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail
|
||
when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */
|
||
if (fixp->fx_r_type == (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) R_HPPA_COMPLEX
|
||
&& fixp->fx_pcrel)
|
||
{
|
||
fixp->fx_r_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
fixp->fx_offset += 8;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
|
||
fixp->fx_r_type,
|
||
hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
|
||
hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
|
||
fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
|
||
symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
|
||
|
||
if (codes == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
|
||
;
|
||
|
||
relocs = XNEWVEC (arelent *, n_relocs + 1);
|
||
reloc = XNEWVEC (arelent, n_relocs);
|
||
for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
|
||
relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
|
||
|
||
relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
gas_assert (n_relocs == 1);
|
||
|
||
code = *codes[0];
|
||
|
||
/* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
|
||
switch (code)
|
||
{
|
||
case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
|
||
/* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
|
||
relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
|
||
(static link required). This adjustment is done in
|
||
bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
|
||
|
||
We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
|
||
it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
|
||
it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
|
||
reloc->addend = 0;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
|
||
case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
|
||
reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
|
||
fixp->fx_offset);
|
||
break;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
case R_PARISC_DIR32:
|
||
/* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
|
||
if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
|
||
code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
|
||
/* Fallthru */
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
||
*reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
|
||
reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
||
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
|
||
reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
||
|
||
gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
#else /* OBJ_SOM */
|
||
|
||
/* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
|
||
for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
code = *codes[i];
|
||
|
||
relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
||
*relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
|
||
relocs[i]->howto =
|
||
bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
||
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
|
||
relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
||
|
||
switch (code)
|
||
{
|
||
case R_COMP2:
|
||
/* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
|
||
of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
|
||
relocs now and break out of the loop. */
|
||
gas_assert (i == 1);
|
||
relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr
|
||
= (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
|
||
relocs[0]->howto
|
||
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
||
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
|
||
relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
||
relocs[0]->addend = 0;
|
||
relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
||
*relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
|
||
relocs[1]->howto
|
||
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
||
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
|
||
relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
||
relocs[1]->addend = 0;
|
||
relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
||
*relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
|
||
relocs[2]->howto
|
||
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
||
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
|
||
relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
||
relocs[2]->addend = 0;
|
||
relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr
|
||
= (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
|
||
relocs[3]->howto
|
||
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
||
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
|
||
relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
||
relocs[3]->addend = 0;
|
||
relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr
|
||
= (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
|
||
relocs[4]->howto
|
||
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
||
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
|
||
relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
||
relocs[4]->addend = 0;
|
||
goto done;
|
||
case R_PCREL_CALL:
|
||
case R_ABS_CALL:
|
||
relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_DLT_REL:
|
||
case R_DATA_PLABEL:
|
||
case R_CODE_PLABEL:
|
||
/* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
|
||
relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
|
||
(static link required).
|
||
|
||
FIXME: We always assume no static link!
|
||
|
||
We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
|
||
it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
|
||
it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
|
||
relocs[i]->addend = 0;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_N_MODE:
|
||
case R_S_MODE:
|
||
case R_D_MODE:
|
||
case R_R_MODE:
|
||
case R_FSEL:
|
||
case R_LSEL:
|
||
case R_RSEL:
|
||
case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
|
||
case R_END_BRTAB:
|
||
case R_BEGIN_TRY:
|
||
case R_N0SEL:
|
||
case R_N1SEL:
|
||
/* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
|
||
relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
||
*relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
|
||
relocs[i]->addend = 0;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_END_TRY:
|
||
case R_ENTRY:
|
||
case R_EXIT:
|
||
/* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
|
||
relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
||
*relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
|
||
relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
done:
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
return relocs;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
fragS *fragP)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int address;
|
||
|
||
if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
|
||
{
|
||
switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
|
||
{
|
||
case 0:
|
||
fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
|
||
know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
|
||
know (fragP->fr_next);
|
||
address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
|
||
if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
|
||
{
|
||
fragP->fr_offset =
|
||
fragP->fr_next->fr_address
|
||
- fragP->fr_address
|
||
- fragP->fr_fix;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
fragP->fr_offset = 0;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
|
||
|
||
valueT
|
||
md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size)
|
||
{
|
||
int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
|
||
int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
|
||
|
||
return (size + align2) & ~align2;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
int size;
|
||
|
||
size = 0;
|
||
|
||
while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
|
||
size++;
|
||
|
||
return size;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
|
||
const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
|
||
# else
|
||
const char *md_shortopts = "V";
|
||
# endif
|
||
#else
|
||
# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
|
||
const char *md_shortopts = "c";
|
||
# else
|
||
const char *md_shortopts = "";
|
||
# endif
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
struct option md_longopts[] =
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
|
||
{"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
|
||
};
|
||
size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
switch (c)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
case 'V':
|
||
print_version_id ();
|
||
break;
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
|
||
case 'c':
|
||
warn_comment = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
fprintf (stream, _("\
|
||
-Q ignored\n"));
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
|
||
fprintf (stream, _("\
|
||
-c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
|
||
|
||
symbolS *
|
||
md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
|
||
#define nonzero_dibits(x) \
|
||
((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
|
||
#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
|
||
(((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
|
||
#else
|
||
#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
char *fixpos;
|
||
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
|
||
offsetT new_val;
|
||
int insn, val, fmt;
|
||
|
||
/* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
|
||
never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
|
||
R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
|
||
|| fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
|
||
|| fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
|
||
|| fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
|
||
|| fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
/* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
|
||
fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
|
||
adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
|
||
if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
|
||
{
|
||
fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
|
||
|| fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
|
||
return;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
|
||
fixP->fx_done = 1;
|
||
|
||
/* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */
|
||
hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
|
||
if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
|
||
_("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
|
||
fixP->fx_r_type);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
|
||
|
||
if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Handle constant output. */
|
||
number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
|
||
fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
|
||
|
||
/* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
|
||
which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
|
||
In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
|
||
will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
|
||
if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
|
||
|| fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
&& fmt != 32
|
||
#endif
|
||
)
|
||
new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
|
||
else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
|
||
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
|
||
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
|
||
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
|
||
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
|
||
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
|
||
new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
|
||
#endif
|
||
else
|
||
new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
|
||
if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
|
||
&& fixP->fx_addsy
|
||
&& fixP->fx_pcrel
|
||
&& !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
|
||
hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
&& (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
|
||
|| (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
|
||
|| (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
&& (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
|
||
|| (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
|
||
#endif
|
||
&& !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
|
||
&& !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
|
||
&& S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
|
||
&& !(fixP->fx_subsy
|
||
&& S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
|
||
{
|
||
new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
switch (fmt)
|
||
{
|
||
case 10:
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
val = new_val;
|
||
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
|
||
| ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
|
||
break;
|
||
case -11:
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
val = new_val;
|
||
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
|
||
| ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
|
||
break;
|
||
/* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
|
||
case 14:
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
val = new_val;
|
||
|
||
insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
|
||
case 21:
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
val = new_val;
|
||
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
|
||
case 11:
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
val = new_val;
|
||
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
|
||
case 12:
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
val = new_val - 8;
|
||
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
|
||
case 17:
|
||
{
|
||
offsetT distance = * valP;
|
||
|
||
/* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
|
||
range target, then we want to complain. */
|
||
if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
|
||
&& (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
val = new_val - 8;
|
||
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
case 22:
|
||
{
|
||
offsetT distance = * valP;
|
||
|
||
/* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
|
||
range target, then we want to complain. */
|
||
if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
|
||
&& (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
val = new_val - 8;
|
||
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
case -10:
|
||
val = new_val;
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case -16:
|
||
val = new_val;
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case 16:
|
||
val = new_val;
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case 32:
|
||
insn = new_val;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
|
||
_("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
|
||
if (fixP->fx_addsy)
|
||
S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
|
||
break;
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Insert the relocation. */
|
||
bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
|
||
On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
|
||
|
||
long
|
||
md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
|
||
{
|
||
return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
|
||
a statement. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
is_end_of_statement (void)
|
||
{
|
||
return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
|
||
|| (*input_line_pointer == ';')
|
||
|| (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
|
||
|
||
/* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
|
||
the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
reg_name_search (char *name)
|
||
{
|
||
int middle, low, high;
|
||
int cmp;
|
||
|
||
low = 0;
|
||
high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
|
||
|
||
do
|
||
{
|
||
middle = (low + high) / 2;
|
||
cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
|
||
if (cmp < 0)
|
||
high = middle - 1;
|
||
else if (cmp > 0)
|
||
low = middle + 1;
|
||
else
|
||
return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
|
||
}
|
||
while (low <= high);
|
||
|
||
return -1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
|
||
the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
|
||
a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
|
||
|
||
Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
|
||
register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
|
||
returned in `pa_number'.
|
||
|
||
IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
|
||
parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
|
||
not set.
|
||
|
||
pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
|
||
horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float)
|
||
{
|
||
int num;
|
||
char *name;
|
||
char c;
|
||
symbolS *sym;
|
||
int status;
|
||
char *p = *s;
|
||
bfd_boolean have_prefix;
|
||
|
||
/* Skip whitespace before the number. */
|
||
while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
|
||
p = p + 1;
|
||
|
||
pa_number = -1;
|
||
have_prefix = 0;
|
||
num = 0;
|
||
if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Looks like a number. */
|
||
|
||
if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
|
||
{
|
||
/* The number is specified in hex. */
|
||
p += 2;
|
||
while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
|
||
|| ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
|
||
{
|
||
if (ISDIGIT (*p))
|
||
num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
|
||
else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
|
||
num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
|
||
else
|
||
num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
|
||
++p;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* The number is specified in decimal. */
|
||
while (ISDIGIT (*p))
|
||
{
|
||
num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
|
||
++p;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
pa_number = num;
|
||
|
||
/* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
|
||
if (is_float)
|
||
{
|
||
pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
if (! (is_float & 2))
|
||
{
|
||
if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
|
||
{
|
||
pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
|
||
++p;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
|
||
{
|
||
++p;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*p == '%')
|
||
{
|
||
/* The number might be a predefined register. */
|
||
have_prefix = 1;
|
||
name = p;
|
||
p++;
|
||
c = *p;
|
||
/* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
|
||
code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
|
||
slow. */
|
||
if (c == 'r')
|
||
{
|
||
p++;
|
||
if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
|
||
&& (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
|
||
{
|
||
p += 2;
|
||
num = *p - '0' + 28;
|
||
p++;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*p == 'p')
|
||
{
|
||
num = 2;
|
||
p++;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
|
||
{
|
||
if (print_errors)
|
||
as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
|
||
num = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
do
|
||
num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
|
||
while (ISDIGIT (*p));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Do a normal register search. */
|
||
while (is_part_of_name (c))
|
||
{
|
||
p = p + 1;
|
||
c = *p;
|
||
}
|
||
*p = 0;
|
||
status = reg_name_search (name);
|
||
if (status >= 0)
|
||
num = status;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (print_errors)
|
||
as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
|
||
num = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
*p = c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
pa_number = num;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
|
||
is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
|
||
name = p;
|
||
c = *p;
|
||
while (is_part_of_name (c))
|
||
{
|
||
p = p + 1;
|
||
c = *p;
|
||
}
|
||
*p = 0;
|
||
if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
|
||
{
|
||
num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
|
||
/* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
|
||
register, so... */
|
||
have_prefix = TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
|
||
num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
|
||
else if (!strict)
|
||
{
|
||
if (print_errors)
|
||
as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
|
||
num = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strict)
|
||
{
|
||
/* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
|
||
or for an empty string. For an empty string we
|
||
will return zero. That's a concession made for
|
||
compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
|
||
if (*name == 0)
|
||
num = 0;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (print_errors)
|
||
as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
|
||
num = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
*p = c;
|
||
|
||
pa_number = num;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!strict || have_prefix)
|
||
{
|
||
*s = p;
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
|
||
a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
need_pa11_opcode (void)
|
||
{
|
||
if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
|
||
&& !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
|
||
{
|
||
/* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
|
||
then set a new architecture. */
|
||
if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
|
||
as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
|
||
}
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
|
||
code associated with the condition. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int cond, i;
|
||
|
||
cond = 0;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
|
||
strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
|
||
*s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
|
||
/* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
|
||
report an error. */
|
||
if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
||
{
|
||
*s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
|
||
*s = *s + 1;
|
||
return cond;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
|
||
|
||
/* Advance over the bogus completer. */
|
||
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int value;
|
||
|
||
value = 0;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
value = 5;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
value = 9;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
value = 13;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
value = 17;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
value = 1;
|
||
*s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
value = 6;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
value = 2;
|
||
*s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
value = 0;
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return value;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
|
||
type. */
|
||
|
||
static fp_operand_format
|
||
pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int format;
|
||
|
||
format = SGL;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = SGL;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = DBL;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = QUAD;
|
||
*s += 5;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = W;
|
||
*s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = UW;
|
||
*s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = DW;
|
||
*s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = UDW;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = QW;
|
||
*s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = UQW;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return format;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
|
||
type. */
|
||
|
||
static fp_operand_format
|
||
pa_parse_fp_format (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int format;
|
||
|
||
format = SGL;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = SGL;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = DBL;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = QUAD;
|
||
*s += 5;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return format;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_chk_field_selector (char **str)
|
||
{
|
||
int middle, low, high;
|
||
int cmp;
|
||
char name[4];
|
||
|
||
/* Read past any whitespace. */
|
||
/* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
|
||
while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
|
||
*str = *str + 1;
|
||
|
||
if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
|
||
name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
|
||
name[1] = 0;
|
||
else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
|
||
name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
|
||
name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
|
||
name[2] = 0;
|
||
else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
|
||
name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
|
||
name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
|
||
name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
|
||
name[3] = 0;
|
||
else
|
||
return e_fsel;
|
||
|
||
low = 0;
|
||
high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
|
||
|
||
do
|
||
{
|
||
middle = (low + high) / 2;
|
||
cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
|
||
if (cmp < 0)
|
||
high = middle - 1;
|
||
else if (cmp > 0)
|
||
low = middle + 1;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
*str += strlen (name) + 1;
|
||
#ifndef OBJ_SOM
|
||
if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
|
||
return e_fsel;
|
||
#endif
|
||
return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
while (low <= high);
|
||
|
||
return e_fsel;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
|
||
cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp)
|
||
{
|
||
int hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
|
||
expression (exp);
|
||
return hppa_field_selector;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
|
||
the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
|
||
static int
|
||
evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn)
|
||
{
|
||
offsetT value;
|
||
expressionS exp;
|
||
int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
|
||
|
||
exp = insn->exp;
|
||
value = exp.X_add_number;
|
||
|
||
return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
|
||
{
|
||
char *save_in;
|
||
|
||
insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
|
||
save_in = input_line_pointer;
|
||
input_line_pointer = *strp;
|
||
expression (&insn->exp);
|
||
expr_end = input_line_pointer;
|
||
input_line_pointer = save_in;
|
||
if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
/* We have a non-match in strict mode. */
|
||
if (!strict)
|
||
as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
return evaluate_absolute (insn);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Get an absolute number. The input string is terminated at the
|
||
first whitespace character. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_get_number (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
|
||
{
|
||
char *save_in;
|
||
char *s, c;
|
||
int result;
|
||
|
||
save_in = input_line_pointer;
|
||
input_line_pointer = *strp;
|
||
|
||
/* The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
|
||
this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
|
||
r5, or is that 4 MOD r5? This situation occurs for example in the
|
||
coprocessor load and store instructions. Previously, calling
|
||
pa_get_absolute_expression directly results in r5 being entered
|
||
in the symbol table.
|
||
|
||
So, when looking for an absolute number, we cut off the input string
|
||
at the first whitespace character. Thus, expressions should generally
|
||
contain no whitespace. */
|
||
|
||
s = *strp;
|
||
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
|
||
s++;
|
||
|
||
c = *s;
|
||
*s = 0;
|
||
|
||
result = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
|
||
|
||
input_line_pointer = save_in;
|
||
*s = c;
|
||
return result;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Given an argument location specification return the associated
|
||
argument location number. */
|
||
|
||
static unsigned int
|
||
pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name)
|
||
{
|
||
|
||
if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
|
||
return 1;
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
|
||
return 2;
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
|
||
return 3;
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
|
||
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
|
||
the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
|
||
|
||
static unsigned int
|
||
pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int new_reloc;
|
||
|
||
new_reloc = arg_reloc;
|
||
switch (reg)
|
||
{
|
||
case 0:
|
||
new_reloc <<= 8;
|
||
break;
|
||
case 1:
|
||
new_reloc <<= 6;
|
||
break;
|
||
case 2:
|
||
new_reloc <<= 4;
|
||
break;
|
||
case 3:
|
||
new_reloc <<= 2;
|
||
break;
|
||
default:
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return new_reloc;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
|
||
number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int cmpltr;
|
||
char *name = *s + 1;
|
||
char c;
|
||
char *save_s = *s;
|
||
int nullify = 0;
|
||
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
c = **s;
|
||
**s = 0x00;
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
}
|
||
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
|
||
completer. */
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
nullify = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
**s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
|
||
if (nullify)
|
||
*s = save_s;
|
||
|
||
return cmpltr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
|
||
number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int cmpltr;
|
||
char *name = *s + 1;
|
||
char c;
|
||
char *save_s = *s;
|
||
int nullify = 0;
|
||
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
c = **s;
|
||
**s = 0x00;
|
||
|
||
if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
}
|
||
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
|
||
completer. */
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
nullify = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
**s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
|
||
if (nullify)
|
||
*s = save_s;
|
||
|
||
return cmpltr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
|
||
encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
|
||
|
||
Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
|
||
returned as 8-15. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int cmpltr;
|
||
char *name = *s + 1;
|
||
char c;
|
||
|
||
cmpltr = -1;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
c = **s;
|
||
**s = 0x00;
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 8;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 9;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 10;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 11;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 12;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 13;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 14;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 15;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
**s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return cmpltr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
|
||
(for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int cmpltr;
|
||
char *name = *s + 1;
|
||
char c;
|
||
|
||
cmpltr = -1;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
c = **s;
|
||
**s = 0x00;
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
**s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return cmpltr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
|
||
(for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int cmpltr;
|
||
char *name = *s + 1;
|
||
char c;
|
||
char *save_s = *s;
|
||
int nullify = 0;
|
||
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
c = **s;
|
||
**s = 0x00;
|
||
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
}
|
||
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
|
||
completer. */
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
nullify = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
**s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
|
||
if (nullify)
|
||
*s = save_s;
|
||
|
||
return cmpltr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
|
||
(for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int cmpltr;
|
||
char *name = *s + 1;
|
||
char c;
|
||
char *save_s = *s;
|
||
int nullify = 0;
|
||
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
c = **s;
|
||
**s = 0x00;
|
||
if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
}
|
||
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
|
||
completer. */
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
nullify = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
**s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
|
||
if (nullify)
|
||
*s = save_s;
|
||
|
||
return cmpltr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
|
||
encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int cmpltr;
|
||
char *name = *s + 1;
|
||
char c;
|
||
char *save_s = *s;
|
||
int nullify = 0;
|
||
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
c = **s;
|
||
**s = 0x00;
|
||
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 8;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 9;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 10;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 11;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 12;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 13;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 14;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 15;
|
||
}
|
||
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
|
||
completer. */
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
nullify = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
**s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
|
||
if (nullify)
|
||
*s = save_s;
|
||
|
||
return cmpltr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
|
||
into the global "the_insn" variable. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_ip (char *str)
|
||
{
|
||
const char *error_message = "";
|
||
char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
|
||
const char *args;
|
||
int match = FALSE;
|
||
int comma = 0;
|
||
int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, need_cond, num;
|
||
int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1;
|
||
unsigned long opcode;
|
||
struct pa_opcode *insn;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
|
||
case. */
|
||
for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
|
||
*s = TOLOWER (*s);
|
||
|
||
/* Skip to something interesting. */
|
||
for (s = str;
|
||
ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
|
||
++s)
|
||
;
|
||
|
||
switch (*s)
|
||
{
|
||
|
||
case '\0':
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case ',':
|
||
comma = 1;
|
||
|
||
/*FALLTHROUGH */
|
||
|
||
case ' ':
|
||
*s++ = '\0';
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */
|
||
if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (comma)
|
||
*--s = ',';
|
||
|
||
/* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
|
||
start processing them. */
|
||
argstart = s;
|
||
for (;;)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Do some initialization. */
|
||
opcode = insn->match;
|
||
strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
|
||
memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
|
||
need_cond = 1;
|
||
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
|
||
|
||
if (insn->arch >= pa20
|
||
&& bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
|
||
goto failed;
|
||
|
||
/* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
|
||
sure that the operands match. */
|
||
for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Absorb white space in instruction. */
|
||
while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
|
||
s++;
|
||
|
||
switch (*args)
|
||
{
|
||
/* End of arguments. */
|
||
case '\0':
|
||
if (*s == '\0')
|
||
match = TRUE;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case '+':
|
||
if (*s == '+')
|
||
{
|
||
++s;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
if (*s == '-')
|
||
continue;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* These must match exactly. */
|
||
case '(':
|
||
case ')':
|
||
case ',':
|
||
case ' ':
|
||
if (*s++ == *args)
|
||
continue;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
|
||
case 'b':
|
||
case '^':
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = pa_number;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
|
||
is there. */
|
||
case '!':
|
||
/* Skip whitespace before register. */
|
||
while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
|
||
s = s + 1;
|
||
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
|
||
{
|
||
s += 4;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
|
||
{
|
||
s += 5;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
|
||
case 'x':
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = pa_number;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
|
||
case 't':
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = pa_number;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
|
||
case 'a':
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = pa_number;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
opcode |= num << 16;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
|
||
case 'T':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
|
||
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
|
||
case '5':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
/* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
|
||
match instead of giving an out of range error. */
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
|
||
num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case 'V':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
/* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
|
||
match instead of giving an out of range error. */
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
|
||
num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case 'r':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
|
||
case 'R':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
|
||
case 'U':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
|
||
case 's':
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = pa_number;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
|
||
case 'S':
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = pa_number;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
|
||
opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle all completers. */
|
||
case 'c':
|
||
switch (*++args)
|
||
{
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
|
||
case 'X':
|
||
case 'x':
|
||
{
|
||
int uu = 0;
|
||
int m = 0;
|
||
int i = 0;
|
||
while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
|
||
{
|
||
s++;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
uu = 1;
|
||
m = 1;
|
||
s++;
|
||
i++;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
|
||
m = 1;
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
|
||
|| (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
|
||
uu = 1;
|
||
else if (strict)
|
||
{
|
||
/* This is a match failure. */
|
||
s--;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
|
||
s++;
|
||
i++;
|
||
}
|
||
if (i > 2)
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
|
||
opcode |= m << 5;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a short load/store completer. */
|
||
case 'M':
|
||
case 'm':
|
||
case 'q':
|
||
case 'J':
|
||
case 'e':
|
||
{
|
||
int a = 0;
|
||
int m = 0;
|
||
if (*s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
s++;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
a = 0;
|
||
m = 1;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
a = 1;
|
||
m = 1;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strict)
|
||
/* This is a match failure. */
|
||
s--;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
/* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
|
||
consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
|
||
else if (*args == 'e')
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
|
||
encode the before/after field. */
|
||
if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
|
||
{
|
||
opcode |= m << 5;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*args == 'q')
|
||
{
|
||
opcode |= m << 3;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*args == 'J')
|
||
{
|
||
/* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
gas_assert (*args == 'e');
|
||
/* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
|
||
instruction. We will use (and remove it)
|
||
later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
|
||
opcode |= a;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a stbys completer. */
|
||
case 'A':
|
||
case 's':
|
||
{
|
||
int a = 0;
|
||
int m = 0;
|
||
int i = 0;
|
||
while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
|
||
{
|
||
s++;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
|
||
m = 1;
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
|
||
|| (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
|
||
a = 0;
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
|
||
a = 1;
|
||
/* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
|
||
else if (strict)
|
||
{
|
||
s--;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
|
||
s++;
|
||
i++;
|
||
}
|
||
if (i > 2)
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
|
||
opcode |= m << 5;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle load cache hint completer. */
|
||
case 'c':
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
|
||
{
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle store cache hint completer. */
|
||
case 'C':
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
|
||
{
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
|
||
{
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
|
||
case 'd':
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
|
||
{
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle load ordering completer. */
|
||
case 'o':
|
||
if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a branch gate completer. */
|
||
case 'g':
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
s += 5;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
|
||
case 'p':
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
s += 7;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a branch link completer. */
|
||
case 'l':
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a branch pop completer. */
|
||
case 'P':
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
s += 4;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a local processor completer. */
|
||
case 'L':
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
|
||
case 'w':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
|
||
case 'W':
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
|
||
case 'r':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 5;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a system control completer. */
|
||
case 'Z':
|
||
if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
|
||
case 'i':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
|
||
case 'z':
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle add completer. */
|
||
case 'a':
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 2;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 3;
|
||
s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
|
||
case 'Y':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
|
||
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 7;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Condition is not required with "dc". */
|
||
need_cond = 0;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
|
||
case 'y':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
|
||
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 6;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
|
||
case 'v':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
|
||
case 't':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
|
||
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 7;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
|
||
case 'B':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
|
||
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 7;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Condition is not required with "db". */
|
||
need_cond = 0;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
|
||
case 'b':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
|
||
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 6;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
|
||
case 'T':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
|
||
case 'S':
|
||
{
|
||
int sign = 1;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
sign = 1;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
sign = 0;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
|
||
case 'h':
|
||
if (*s++ == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
int lr = 0;
|
||
if (*s == 'r')
|
||
lr = 2;
|
||
else if (*s == 'l')
|
||
lr = 0;
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
|
||
|
||
s++;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
|
||
case 'H':
|
||
{
|
||
int sat = 3;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
sat = 1;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
sat = 0;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle permutation completer. */
|
||
case '*':
|
||
if (*s++ == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
int permloc[4];
|
||
int perm = 0;
|
||
int i = 0;
|
||
permloc[0] = 13;
|
||
permloc[1] = 10;
|
||
permloc[2] = 8;
|
||
permloc[3] = 6;
|
||
for (; i < 4; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
switch (*s++)
|
||
{
|
||
case '0':
|
||
perm = 0;
|
||
break;
|
||
case '1':
|
||
perm = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
case '2':
|
||
perm = 2;
|
||
break;
|
||
case '3':
|
||
perm = 3;
|
||
break;
|
||
default:
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
|
||
}
|
||
opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
|
||
}
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle all conditions. */
|
||
case '?':
|
||
{
|
||
args++;
|
||
switch (*args)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Handle FP compare conditions. */
|
||
case 'f':
|
||
cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle an add condition. */
|
||
case 'A':
|
||
case 'a':
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (*s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
s++;
|
||
|
||
/* 64 bit conditions. */
|
||
if (*args == 'A')
|
||
{
|
||
if (*s == '*')
|
||
s++;
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*s == '*')
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
name = s;
|
||
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
|
||
s += 1;
|
||
c = *s;
|
||
*s = 0x00;
|
||
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
|
||
else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
|
||
*s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Except with "dc", we have a match failure with
|
||
'A' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */
|
||
else if (*args == 'A' && need_cond)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
|
||
case 'd':
|
||
cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
|
||
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
|
||
case 'W':
|
||
cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
|
||
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
|
||
opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
|
||
condition. */
|
||
case '@':
|
||
save_s = s;
|
||
cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
|
||
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
s = save_s;
|
||
cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
|
||
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
|
||
opcode |= 1 << 27;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
|
||
case 'B':
|
||
case 'b':
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
if (*s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
s++;
|
||
|
||
if (*args == 'B')
|
||
{
|
||
if (*s == '*')
|
||
s++;
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*s == '*')
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
s++;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Branch On Bit Condition: %c"), *s);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing Branch On Bit Condition"));
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
|
||
case 'S':
|
||
case 's':
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (*s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
s++;
|
||
|
||
/* 64 bit conditions. */
|
||
if (*args == 'S')
|
||
{
|
||
if (*s == '*')
|
||
s++;
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*s == '*')
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
name = s;
|
||
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
|
||
s += 1;
|
||
c = *s;
|
||
*s = 0x00;
|
||
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
|
||
else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
|
||
name);
|
||
*s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Except with "db", we have a match failure with
|
||
'S' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */
|
||
else if (*args == 'S' && need_cond)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
|
||
case 't':
|
||
cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
|
||
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
|
||
case 'n':
|
||
save_s = s;
|
||
cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
|
||
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
s = save_s;
|
||
cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
|
||
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
|
||
opcode |= 1 << 27;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
|
||
case 'N':
|
||
cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
|
||
if (cmpltr >= 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
|
||
opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
/* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
|
||
case 'Q':
|
||
cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
|
||
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
||
/* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
|
||
case 'L':
|
||
case 'l':
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (*s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
s++;
|
||
|
||
/* 64 bit conditions. */
|
||
if (*args == 'L')
|
||
{
|
||
if (*s == '*')
|
||
s++;
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*s == '*')
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
name = s;
|
||
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
|
||
s += 1;
|
||
c = *s;
|
||
*s = 0x00;
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
|
||
else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
|
||
*s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
/* 32-bit is default for no condition. */
|
||
else if (*args == 'L')
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
|
||
case 'X':
|
||
case 'x':
|
||
case 'y':
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
/* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit
|
||
* instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */
|
||
immediate_check = 1;
|
||
if (*s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
save_s = s++;
|
||
|
||
/* 64 bit conditions. */
|
||
if (*args == 'X')
|
||
{
|
||
if (*s == '*')
|
||
s++;
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*s == '*')
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
name = s;
|
||
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
|
||
s += 1;
|
||
c = *s;
|
||
*s = 0x00;
|
||
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
/* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
|
||
This includes moving s back to where it started. */
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
|
||
{
|
||
*s = c;
|
||
s = save_s;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
|
||
else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
|
||
*s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
|
||
case 'U':
|
||
case 'u':
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (*s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
int uxor;
|
||
s++;
|
||
|
||
/* 64 bit conditions. */
|
||
if (*args == 'U')
|
||
{
|
||
if (*s == '*')
|
||
s++;
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*s == '*')
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* The uxor instruction only supports unit conditions
|
||
not involving carries. */
|
||
uxor = (opcode & 0xfc000fc0) == 0x08000380;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
|
||
else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
|
||
}
|
||
/* 32-bit is default for no condition. */
|
||
else if (*args == 'U')
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
|
||
case 'n':
|
||
nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
|
||
case 'N':
|
||
nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
|
||
case 'L':
|
||
if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
|
||
s += 4;
|
||
else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
|
||
s += 4;
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
|
||
are 0..6 inclusive. */
|
||
case 'h':
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
|
||
num++;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
|
||
are 0..6 inclusive. */
|
||
case 'm':
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
|
||
num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
|
||
case '=':
|
||
{
|
||
num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case 'i':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
|
||
num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
||
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
||
#endif
|
||
else
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
||
the_insn.format = 11;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case 'J':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
int mb;
|
||
|
||
/* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
|
||
for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
|
||
Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
|
||
good to rethink this. */
|
||
mb = opcode & 1;
|
||
opcode -= mb;
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (mb != (num < 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
|
||
num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case 'K':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
int mb;
|
||
|
||
mb = opcode & 1;
|
||
opcode -= mb;
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (mb == (num < 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
if (num % 4)
|
||
break;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
|
||
num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case '<':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
int mb;
|
||
|
||
mb = opcode & 1;
|
||
opcode -= mb;
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (mb != (num < 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
|
||
num = re_assemble_16 (num);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case '>':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
int mb;
|
||
|
||
mb = opcode & 1;
|
||
opcode -= mb;
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (mb == (num < 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
if (num % 4)
|
||
break;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
|
||
num = re_assemble_16 (num);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
|
||
case '#':
|
||
if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
|
||
break;
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (num & 0x7)
|
||
break;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
|
||
if (num < 0)
|
||
opcode |= 1;
|
||
num &= 0x1fff;
|
||
num >>= 3;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
||
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
||
#endif
|
||
else
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
||
the_insn.format = 14;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
|
||
case 'd':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (num & 0x3)
|
||
break;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
|
||
if (num < 0)
|
||
opcode |= 1;
|
||
num &= 0x1fff;
|
||
num >>= 2;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
||
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
||
#endif
|
||
else
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
||
the_insn.format = 14;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case 'j':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
|
||
num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
||
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
||
#endif
|
||
else
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
||
the_insn.format = 14;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case 'k':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
|
||
opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
||
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
||
#endif
|
||
else
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
||
the_insn.format = 21;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
|
||
case 'l':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
|
||
opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
|
||
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
||
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
||
#endif
|
||
else
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
||
the_insn.format = 14;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
|
||
case 'y':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
|
||
CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
|
||
opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
|
||
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
||
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
||
#endif
|
||
else
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
||
the_insn.format = 14;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
|
||
case '&':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
|
||
CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
|
||
opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
|
||
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
||
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
||
#endif
|
||
else
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
||
the_insn.format = 14;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
|
||
case 'w':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
the_insn.pcrel = 1;
|
||
if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
|
||
|| !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
|
||
FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (num % 4)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
|
||
num -= 8;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
|
||
opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
the_insn.format = 12;
|
||
the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
|
||
memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
|
||
case 'W':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
the_insn.pcrel = 1;
|
||
if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
|
||
|| !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
|
||
FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (num % 4)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
|
||
num -= 8;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
|
||
opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
the_insn.format = 17;
|
||
the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
|
||
memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
|
||
case 'X':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
the_insn.pcrel = 1;
|
||
if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
|
||
|| !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
|
||
FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (num % 4)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
|
||
num -= 8;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
|
||
opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
the_insn.format = 22;
|
||
the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
|
||
memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
|
||
case 'z':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
the_insn.pcrel = 0;
|
||
if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
|
||
|| !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
|
||
FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (num % 4)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
|
||
num -= 8;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
|
||
opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
|
||
the_insn.format = 17;
|
||
the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
|
||
memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
|
||
case 'Z':
|
||
if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
|
||
&& (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
|
||
{
|
||
s += 4;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
|
||
case 'Y':
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
s += 9;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
|
||
case '@':
|
||
if (*s != '0')
|
||
break;
|
||
s++;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
|
||
case '.':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
|
||
case '*':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
|
||
case 'p':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
|
||
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
|
||
case '~':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
|
||
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
||
num = 63 - num;
|
||
opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
|
||
case '%':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
|
||
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
||
num--;
|
||
opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
|
||
num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
|
||
case '|':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
|
||
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
||
num--;
|
||
opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
|
||
num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
|
||
case 'P':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
|
||
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
|
||
case 'q':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
|
||
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
||
opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
|
||
of the high bit of the immediate. */
|
||
case 'B':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
|
||
if (num & 0x20)
|
||
;
|
||
else
|
||
opcode |= (1 << 13);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
|
||
case 'Q':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
|
||
case '$':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
|
||
case 'A':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case 'D':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
|
||
case 'v':
|
||
if (*s++ != ',')
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
|
||
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
|
||
case 'O':
|
||
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
|
||
num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
|
||
case 'o':
|
||
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
|
||
case '0':
|
||
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
|
||
num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
|
||
case '1':
|
||
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
|
||
num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
|
||
case 'u':
|
||
if (*s++ != ',')
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
|
||
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
|
||
case '2':
|
||
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
|
||
num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
|
||
case '{':
|
||
if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
|
||
{
|
||
the_insn.trunc = 1;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
the_insn.trunc = 0;
|
||
flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
|
||
the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
|
||
if (flag == W || flag == UW)
|
||
flag = SGL;
|
||
if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
|
||
flag = DBL;
|
||
if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
|
||
flag = QUAD;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
|
||
case '_':
|
||
/* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
|
||
s--;
|
||
flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
|
||
the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
|
||
if (flag == W || flag == UW)
|
||
flag = SGL;
|
||
if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
|
||
flag = DBL;
|
||
if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
|
||
flag = QUAD;
|
||
opcode |= flag << 13;
|
||
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
|
||
{
|
||
if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == DW
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
|
||
flag = 2;
|
||
else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
|
||
flag = 6;
|
||
else
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof1 == DW
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
|
||
{
|
||
if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
else
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
|
||
{
|
||
if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
|
||
flag = 5;
|
||
else
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
flag |= the_insn.trunc;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
|
||
case 'F':
|
||
flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
|
||
the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
|
||
case 'G':
|
||
/* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
|
||
s--;
|
||
flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
|
||
the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
|
||
case 'I':
|
||
flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
|
||
the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
|
||
Only allows single and double precision. */
|
||
case 'H':
|
||
flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
|
||
switch (flag)
|
||
{
|
||
case SGL:
|
||
opcode |= 0x20;
|
||
/* Fall through. */
|
||
case DBL:
|
||
the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
case QUAD:
|
||
case ILLEGAL_FMT:
|
||
default:
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle all floating point registers. */
|
||
case 'f':
|
||
switch (*++args)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Float target register. */
|
||
case 't':
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
|
||
break;
|
||
/* RSEL should not be set. */
|
||
if (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL)
|
||
break;
|
||
num = pa_number - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Float target register with L/R selection. */
|
||
case 'T':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
opcode |= num;
|
||
|
||
/* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
|
||
and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
|
||
is not necessary for loads/stores. */
|
||
if (need_pa11_opcode ()
|
||
&& ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
|
||
opcode |= 1 << 27;
|
||
|
||
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float operand 1. */
|
||
case 'a':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
opcode |= num << 21;
|
||
if (need_pa11_opcode ())
|
||
{
|
||
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
|
||
opcode |= 1 << 27;
|
||
}
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
|
||
case 'X':
|
||
case 'A':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
opcode |= num << 21;
|
||
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float operand 2. */
|
||
case 'b':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
opcode |= num << 16;
|
||
if (need_pa11_opcode ())
|
||
{
|
||
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
|
||
opcode |= 1 << 27;
|
||
}
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
|
||
case 'B':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
opcode |= num << 16;
|
||
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
|
||
case 'C':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
|
||
opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
|
||
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
|
||
case 'i':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (num < 16)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
num &= 0xF;
|
||
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
|
||
case 'j':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (num < 16)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
num &= 0xF;
|
||
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
|
||
case 'k':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (num < 16)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
num &= 0xF;
|
||
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
|
||
case 'l':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (num < 16)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
num &= 0xF;
|
||
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
|
||
case 'm':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (num < 16)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
num &= 0xF;
|
||
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
|
||
case 'E':
|
||
case 'e':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
opcode |= num << 16;
|
||
if (need_pa11_opcode ())
|
||
{
|
||
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
|
||
}
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
|
||
case 'x':
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
|
||
then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
|
||
for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
|
||
if (match == TRUE
|
||
&& bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
|
||
&& !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
|
||
{
|
||
as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
|
||
match = FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
failed:
|
||
/* Check if the args matched. */
|
||
if (!match)
|
||
{
|
||
if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
|
||
&& !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
|
||
{
|
||
++insn;
|
||
s = argstart;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (immediate_check)
|
||
{
|
||
if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1)
|
||
as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."),
|
||
pos, len);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
the_insn.opcode = opcode;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
md_assemble (char *str)
|
||
{
|
||
char *to;
|
||
|
||
/* The had better be something to assemble. */
|
||
gas_assert (str);
|
||
|
||
/* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
|
||
defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
|
||
label was defined after the .PROC directive.
|
||
|
||
Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
|
||
for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
|
||
into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
|
||
if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
|
||
|
||
if (label_symbol)
|
||
{
|
||
if (label_symbol->lss_label)
|
||
{
|
||
last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
|
||
symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
|
||
|= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
|
||
information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
|
||
if (within_entry_exit)
|
||
{
|
||
char *where;
|
||
unsigned int u;
|
||
|
||
where = frag_more (0);
|
||
u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
|
||
NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
|
||
0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
|
||
pa_ip (str);
|
||
|
||
/* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
|
||
to = frag_more (4);
|
||
|
||
/* Output the opcode. */
|
||
md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
|
||
|
||
/* If necessary output more stuff. */
|
||
if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
|
||
(offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
|
||
the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
|
||
the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
|
||
alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_align (int bytes)
|
||
{
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
|
||
/* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
|
||
s_align_bytes (bytes);
|
||
|
||
/* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
|
||
alignment if necessary. */
|
||
if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
|
||
record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int temp_size;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
|
||
if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
|
||
temp_size = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
|
||
char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
|
||
*p = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
|
||
the beginning and end of branch tables). */
|
||
char *where = frag_more (0);
|
||
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
|
||
NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
|
||
0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
|
||
e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
expressionS exp;
|
||
char *where = frag_more (0);
|
||
|
||
if (! begin)
|
||
expression (&exp);
|
||
|
||
/* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
|
||
the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
|
||
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
|
||
NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
|
||
0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
|
||
e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
|
||
where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, c;
|
||
unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
|
||
|
||
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
/* Process a source argument. */
|
||
if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
temp = atoi (name + 4);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
|
||
call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
|
||
}
|
||
/* Process a return value. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
|
||
call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
|
||
about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
|
||
(and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
/* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
|
||
attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
|
||
R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
|
||
of the unwind spaces. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *seg, *save_seg;
|
||
subsegT save_subseg;
|
||
unsigned int unwind;
|
||
int reloc;
|
||
char *name, *p;
|
||
symbolS *symbolP;
|
||
|
||
if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
|
||
& (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
|
||
!= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
|
||
/* This can happen if there were errors earlier on in the assembly. */
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
/* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced
|
||
to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with
|
||
multiple definitions, etc. */
|
||
name = concat ("L$\001start_", S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol),
|
||
(char *) NULL);
|
||
|
||
/* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have
|
||
already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind
|
||
entry. */
|
||
symbolP = symbol_find (name);
|
||
if (symbolP)
|
||
{
|
||
xfree (name);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg,
|
||
S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol), frag_now);
|
||
gas_assert (symbolP);
|
||
S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
|
||
symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
|
||
save_seg = now_seg;
|
||
save_subseg = now_subseg;
|
||
/* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
|
||
the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
|
||
old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
|
||
seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
|
||
if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
|
||
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
|
||
SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
|
||
| SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
|
||
bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
subseg_set (seg, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
|
||
descriptor. */
|
||
p = frag_more (16);
|
||
|
||
/* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
|
||
md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
|
||
symbolP, (offsetT) 0,
|
||
(expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
|
||
e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
|
||
|
||
Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
|
||
reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
|
||
symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
|
||
value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
|
||
finished with its work. */
|
||
md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
|
||
call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
|
||
(expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
|
||
e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Dump the descriptor. */
|
||
unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
|
||
md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
|
||
|
||
unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
|
||
md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
|
||
|
||
/* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
|
||
subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
|
||
to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
|
||
.ENTER and .LEAVE. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, c;
|
||
int temp;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
|
||
if (!within_procedure)
|
||
as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
|
||
|
||
/* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
|
||
current procedure. */
|
||
callinfo_found = TRUE;
|
||
|
||
/* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
|
||
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
/* Frame size specification. */
|
||
if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
|
||
temp = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
|
||
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
/* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
|
||
even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
|
||
the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
|
||
if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
|
||
as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
|
||
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
/* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
|
||
though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
|
||
if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
|
||
as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
|
||
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
if (temp != 3)
|
||
as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
|
||
}
|
||
/* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0)
|
||
|| (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
}
|
||
/* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Likewise for SP. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
|
||
in the unwind descriptor. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
|
||
unwind descriptor. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
|
||
assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
|
||
accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
|
||
to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
|
||
/* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
|
||
label when finished. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
|
||
current_subspace
|
||
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
s_text (0);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
|
||
current_subspace
|
||
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
|
||
#endif
|
||
s_data (0);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
|
||
the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax:
|
||
|
||
<label> .comm <length>
|
||
|
||
where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
|
||
a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
|
||
expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
|
||
and subspace.
|
||
|
||
Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
|
||
|
||
This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
|
||
on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
|
||
of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
|
||
the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
|
||
a pain.
|
||
|
||
This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int size;
|
||
symbolS *symbol;
|
||
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
|
||
|
||
if (label_symbol)
|
||
symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
|
||
else
|
||
symbol = NULL;
|
||
|
||
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
||
size = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
|
||
if (symbol)
|
||
{
|
||
symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
|
||
S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
|
||
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
|
||
S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
|
||
|
||
/* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
|
||
current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
|
||
fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
|
||
symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
|
||
}
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
|
||
|
||
/* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
|
||
procedure. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (!within_procedure)
|
||
as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (!callinfo_found)
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
|
||
}
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
within_entry_exit = TRUE;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
|
||
The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
|
||
to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
|
||
for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
|
||
|
||
FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
|
||
is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
|
||
if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
|
||
denote the entry and exit points. */
|
||
if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
char *where;
|
||
unsigned int u;
|
||
|
||
where = frag_more (0);
|
||
u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
|
||
NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
|
||
0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
|
||
being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
|
||
registers, to get the size of the range. */
|
||
static int fudge_reg_expressions;
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP,
|
||
operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
expressionS *rightP)
|
||
{
|
||
if (fudge_reg_expressions
|
||
&& rightP->X_op == O_register
|
||
&& resultP->X_op == O_register)
|
||
{
|
||
rightP->X_op = O_constant;
|
||
resultP->X_op = O_constant;
|
||
}
|
||
return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_equ (int reg)
|
||
{
|
||
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
|
||
symbolS *symbol;
|
||
|
||
if (label_symbol)
|
||
{
|
||
symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
|
||
if (reg)
|
||
{
|
||
strict = 1;
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
|
||
as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
|
||
S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
|
||
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
expressionS exp;
|
||
segT seg;
|
||
|
||
fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
|
||
seg = expression (&exp);
|
||
fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
|
||
if (exp.X_op != O_constant
|
||
&& exp.X_op != O_register)
|
||
{
|
||
if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
|
||
as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
|
||
exp.X_add_number = 0;
|
||
seg = absolute_section;
|
||
}
|
||
S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
|
||
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (reg)
|
||
as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
/* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
|
||
the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void)
|
||
{
|
||
/* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
|
||
temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
|
||
char *name;
|
||
symbolS *symbolP;
|
||
|
||
if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
/* We have already warned about a missing label,
|
||
or other problems. */
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
name = concat ("L$\001end_", S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol),
|
||
(char *) NULL);
|
||
|
||
/* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
|
||
symbol will have already been defined. */
|
||
symbolP = symbol_find (name);
|
||
if (symbolP)
|
||
{
|
||
/* The symbol has already been defined! This can
|
||
happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
|
||
|
||
This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
|
||
the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
|
||
xfree (name);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* symbol value should be the offset of the
|
||
last instruction of the function */
|
||
symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
|
||
frag_now);
|
||
|
||
gas_assert (symbolP);
|
||
S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
|
||
symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (symbolP)
|
||
last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
|
||
usually involves creating some relocations or building special
|
||
symbols to mark the end of the function. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
process_exit (void)
|
||
{
|
||
char *where;
|
||
|
||
where = frag_more (0);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
/* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
|
||
for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
|
||
to add an entry in the unwind table. */
|
||
(void) where;
|
||
hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
|
||
pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
|
||
#else
|
||
/* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
|
||
The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
|
||
to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
|
||
for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
|
||
|
||
FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
|
||
is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
|
||
if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
|
||
denote the entry and exit points. */
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
|
||
NULL, (offsetT) 0,
|
||
NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
|
||
UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (!within_procedure)
|
||
as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (!callinfo_found)
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (!within_entry_exit)
|
||
as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
within_entry_exit = FALSE;
|
||
process_exit ();
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, c;
|
||
unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
|
||
pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
|
||
asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
|
||
|
||
if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 8;
|
||
bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
|
||
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 4;
|
||
/* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
|
||
instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
|
||
|
||
Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
|
||
done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
|
||
silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
|
||
if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
|
||
{
|
||
if (is_export)
|
||
as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
|
||
S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
|
||
|
||
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 4;
|
||
bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
|
||
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 5;
|
||
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 9;
|
||
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
{
|
||
elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
|
||
elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
|
||
ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
|
||
STT_PARISC_MILLI);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 6;
|
||
bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 8;
|
||
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 8;
|
||
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
|
||
than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
|
||
to the SOM BFD backend. */
|
||
#ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
|
||
obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
|
||
#else
|
||
(void) type;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
|
||
handle any argument relocation information. */
|
||
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
/* Argument sources. */
|
||
if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
temp = atoi (name + 4);
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
|
||
#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
|
||
symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
|
||
#else
|
||
(void) arg_reloc;
|
||
#endif
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
}
|
||
/* The return value. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
|
||
#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
|
||
symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
|
||
#else
|
||
(void) arg_reloc;
|
||
#endif
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
}
|
||
/* Privilege level. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
char *priv;
|
||
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
|
||
#endif
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&priv);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
|
||
and provides information such as argument relocation entries
|
||
to callers. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, c;
|
||
symbolS *symbol;
|
||
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
/* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
|
||
if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
|
||
restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
|
||
For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
|
||
S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
|
||
Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
|
||
set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
|
||
S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
|
||
symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
|
||
assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
|
||
explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, c;
|
||
symbolS *symbol;
|
||
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
|
||
symbol = symbol_find (name);
|
||
/* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
|
||
in which case all the code below will really screw things up
|
||
(set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
|
||
if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
|
||
{
|
||
symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
|
||
poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
|
||
the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
|
||
matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
|
||
if (now_seg == text_section)
|
||
symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
|
||
/* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
|
||
Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
|
||
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
|
||
the end of the current statement. */
|
||
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, c;
|
||
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
|
||
if (strlen (name) > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
colon (name);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
|
||
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
char *level;
|
||
|
||
level = input_line_pointer;
|
||
if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 3;
|
||
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
|
||
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 3;
|
||
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
|
||
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 4;
|
||
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
|
||
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 3;
|
||
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
|
||
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
|
||
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
s_org (0);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
|
||
is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, c;
|
||
symbolS *symbol;
|
||
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
|
||
if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
|
||
of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
struct call_info *call_info;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (within_procedure)
|
||
as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
|
||
|
||
/* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
|
||
callinfo_found = FALSE;
|
||
within_procedure = TRUE;
|
||
|
||
/* Create another call_info structure. */
|
||
call_info = XNEW (struct call_info);
|
||
|
||
if (!call_info)
|
||
as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
|
||
|
||
memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
|
||
|
||
call_info->ci_next = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (call_info_root == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
call_info_root = call_info;
|
||
last_call_info = call_info;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
|
||
last_call_info = call_info;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* set up defaults on call_info structure */
|
||
|
||
call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
|
||
call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
|
||
call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
|
||
locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
|
||
{
|
||
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
|
||
|
||
if (label_symbol)
|
||
{
|
||
if (label_symbol->lss_label)
|
||
{
|
||
last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
|
||
symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
|
||
appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
|
||
defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
|
||
label was defined after the .PROC directive.
|
||
|
||
Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
|
||
for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
|
||
into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
|
||
if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
|
||
|
||
if (label_symbol)
|
||
{
|
||
if (label_symbol->lss_label)
|
||
{
|
||
last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
|
||
symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
|
||
|= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
|
||
information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
|
||
if (within_entry_exit)
|
||
{
|
||
char *where;
|
||
unsigned int u;
|
||
|
||
where = frag_more (0);
|
||
u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
|
||
NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
|
||
0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!within_procedure)
|
||
as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
|
||
|
||
if (!callinfo_found)
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
|
||
|
||
if (within_entry_exit)
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
/* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
|
||
the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
|
||
hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
within_procedure = FALSE;
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
|
||
return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
exact_log2 (int value)
|
||
{
|
||
int shift = 0;
|
||
|
||
while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
|
||
shift++;
|
||
|
||
if (shift >= 32)
|
||
return -1;
|
||
else
|
||
return shift;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void)
|
||
{
|
||
if (current_space == NULL)
|
||
as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
|
||
|
||
if (current_subspace == NULL)
|
||
as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
|
||
then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
|
||
by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
|
||
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *
|
||
pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *space_name, int create_flag)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, *ptemp, c;
|
||
char loadable, defined, private, sort;
|
||
int spnum;
|
||
asection *seg = NULL;
|
||
sd_chain_struct *space;
|
||
|
||
/* Load default values. */
|
||
spnum = 0;
|
||
sort = 0;
|
||
loadable = TRUE;
|
||
defined = TRUE;
|
||
private = FALSE;
|
||
if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
|
||
defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
|
||
private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
|
||
sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
|
||
spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
|
||
defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
|
||
private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
|
||
sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
|
||
spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
print_errors = FALSE;
|
||
ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
|
||
/* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
|
||
as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
|
||
the line should be ignored. */
|
||
strict = 0;
|
||
pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
|
||
if (pa_number >= 0)
|
||
{
|
||
spnum = pa_number;
|
||
input_line_pointer = ptemp;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
sort = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
loadable = FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
defined = FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
private = TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
print_errors = TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
|
||
seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
|
||
the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
|
||
an already existing space -- this can only happen for
|
||
the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
|
||
if (create_flag)
|
||
space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
|
||
private, sort, seg, 1);
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
space = is_defined_space (space_name);
|
||
SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
|
||
SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
|
||
SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
|
||
obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
return space;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
|
||
given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
|
||
sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
|
||
|
||
if (within_procedure)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
|
||
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
|
||
below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
|
||
and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
|
||
/* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
|
||
What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
|
||
if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 6;
|
||
sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
|
||
if (sd_chain == NULL)
|
||
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
|
||
else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
|
||
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
|
||
|
||
current_space = sd_chain;
|
||
subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
current_subspace
|
||
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
|
||
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 9;
|
||
sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
|
||
if (sd_chain == NULL)
|
||
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
|
||
else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
|
||
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
|
||
|
||
current_space = sd_chain;
|
||
subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
current_subspace
|
||
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
|
||
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
|
||
GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
|
||
strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
|
||
sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
|
||
if (sd_chain == NULL)
|
||
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
|
||
else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
|
||
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
|
||
|
||
current_space = sd_chain;
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
asection *gdb_section
|
||
= bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
|
||
|
||
subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
current_subspace
|
||
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
|
||
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
}
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* It could be a space specified by number. */
|
||
print_errors = 0;
|
||
save_s = input_line_pointer;
|
||
strict = 0;
|
||
pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
|
||
if (pa_number >= 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
|
||
{
|
||
current_space = sd_chain;
|
||
|
||
subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
current_subspace
|
||
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
|
||
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
|
||
print_errors = 1;
|
||
input_line_pointer = save_s;
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
space_name = xstrdup (name);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
|
||
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
|
||
current_space = sd_chain;
|
||
|
||
subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
|
||
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name;
|
||
char c;
|
||
char *p;
|
||
sd_chain_struct *space;
|
||
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
space = is_defined_space (name);
|
||
if (space)
|
||
{
|
||
p = frag_more (4);
|
||
md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
|
||
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
|
||
given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
|
||
|
||
FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
|
||
they're broken up into subroutines. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_subspace (int create_new)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, *ss_name, c;
|
||
char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
|
||
int i, access_ctr, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
|
||
sd_chain_struct *space;
|
||
ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
|
||
asection *section;
|
||
|
||
if (current_space == NULL)
|
||
as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
|
||
|
||
if (within_procedure)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
|
||
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
ss_name = xstrdup (name);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
|
||
/* Load default values. */
|
||
sort = 0;
|
||
access_ctr = 0x7f;
|
||
loadable = 1;
|
||
comdat = 0;
|
||
common = 0;
|
||
dup_common = 0;
|
||
code_only = 0;
|
||
zero = 0;
|
||
space_index = ~0;
|
||
alignment = 1;
|
||
quadrant = 0;
|
||
|
||
space = current_space;
|
||
if (create_new)
|
||
ssd = NULL;
|
||
else
|
||
ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
|
||
/* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
|
||
only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
|
||
if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
|
||
{
|
||
subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
|
||
current_subspace = ssd;
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
|
||
the builtin subspaces. */
|
||
i = 0;
|
||
while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
|
||
{
|
||
if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
|
||
comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
|
||
common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
|
||
dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
|
||
code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
|
||
zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
|
||
space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
|
||
alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
|
||
quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
|
||
access_ctr = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
|
||
sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
i++;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
|
||
any information as specified by the user. */
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
|
||
alignment = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
access_ctr = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
sort = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
code_only = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
loadable = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
comdat = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
common = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
dup_common = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
zero = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
|
||
as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
|
||
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
|
||
in the .subspace directive. */
|
||
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
||
flags = 0;
|
||
if (loadable)
|
||
flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
|
||
if (code_only)
|
||
flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
||
|
||
/* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
|
||
common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
|
||
have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
|
||
GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
|
||
are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
|
||
sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
|
||
common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
|
||
correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
|
||
if (comdat || common || dup_common)
|
||
flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
|
||
|
||
flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
||
|
||
/* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
|
||
if (zero)
|
||
flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
|
||
|
||
applicable &= flags;
|
||
|
||
/* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
|
||
segment already associated with the subspace.
|
||
|
||
FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
|
||
lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
|
||
code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
|
||
but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
|
||
if (create_new)
|
||
section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
|
||
else if (ssd)
|
||
section = ssd->ssd_seg;
|
||
else
|
||
section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
|
||
|
||
if (zero)
|
||
seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
|
||
|
||
/* Now set the flags. */
|
||
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
|
||
|
||
/* Record any alignment request for this section. */
|
||
record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
|
||
|
||
/* Set the starting offset for this section. */
|
||
bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
|
||
pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
|
||
|
||
/* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
|
||
or create a new one. */
|
||
if (ssd)
|
||
|
||
current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
|
||
code_only, comdat, common,
|
||
dup_common, sort, zero, access_ctr,
|
||
space_index, alignment, quadrant,
|
||
section);
|
||
else
|
||
current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
|
||
code_only, comdat, common,
|
||
dup_common, zero, sort,
|
||
access_ctr, space_index,
|
||
alignment, quadrant, section);
|
||
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
|
||
subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
|
||
}
|
||
SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_spaces_begin (void)
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
space_dict_root = NULL;
|
||
space_dict_last = NULL;
|
||
|
||
i = 0;
|
||
while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
|
||
{
|
||
const char *name;
|
||
|
||
/* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
|
||
name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
|
||
|
||
pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
|
||
create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
|
||
pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
|
||
pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
|
||
pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
|
||
i++;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
i = 0;
|
||
while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
|
||
{
|
||
const char *name;
|
||
int applicable, subsegment;
|
||
asection *segment = NULL;
|
||
sd_chain_struct *space;
|
||
|
||
/* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
|
||
subsegment number. */
|
||
name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
|
||
subsegment = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Create the new section. */
|
||
segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
|
||
|
||
/* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
|
||
sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
|
||
all the built-in subspaces. */
|
||
if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
|
||
{
|
||
text_section = segment;
|
||
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
||
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
|
||
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
|
||
| SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
|
||
| SEC_READONLY
|
||
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
|
||
{
|
||
data_section = segment;
|
||
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
||
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
|
||
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
|
||
| SEC_RELOC
|
||
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
|
||
{
|
||
bss_section = segment;
|
||
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
||
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
|
||
applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
|
||
{
|
||
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
||
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
|
||
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
|
||
| SEC_RELOC
|
||
| SEC_READONLY
|
||
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
|
||
{
|
||
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
||
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
|
||
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
|
||
| SEC_RELOC
|
||
| SEC_READONLY
|
||
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
|
||
{
|
||
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
||
bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
|
||
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
|
||
| SEC_RELOC
|
||
| SEC_READONLY
|
||
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
|
||
space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
|
||
def_space_index].segment);
|
||
if (space == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
create_new_subspace (space, name,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
|
||
segment);
|
||
i++;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
|
||
by the given parameters. */
|
||
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *
|
||
create_new_space (const char *name,
|
||
int spnum,
|
||
int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int defined,
|
||
int private,
|
||
int sort,
|
||
asection *seg,
|
||
int user_defined)
|
||
{
|
||
sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
|
||
|
||
chain_entry = XNEW (sd_chain_struct);
|
||
SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name);
|
||
SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
|
||
SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
|
||
SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
|
||
|
||
chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
|
||
chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
|
||
chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
|
||
chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
|
||
if (!space_dict_last)
|
||
space_dict_last = chain_entry;
|
||
|
||
if (space_dict_root == NULL)
|
||
space_dict_root = chain_entry;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
|
||
sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
|
||
|
||
chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
|
||
prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
|
||
|
||
while (chain_pointer)
|
||
{
|
||
prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
|
||
chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
|
||
entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
|
||
if (prev_chain_pointer)
|
||
{
|
||
chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
|
||
prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
space_dict_root = chain_entry;
|
||
chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
|
||
space_dict_last = chain_entry;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
|
||
modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
|
||
the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
|
||
the user modifies a predefined space. */
|
||
#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
|
||
obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
return chain_entry;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
|
||
by the given parameters.
|
||
|
||
Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
|
||
order as defined by the SORT entries. */
|
||
|
||
static ssd_chain_struct *
|
||
create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
|
||
const char *name,
|
||
int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int comdat,
|
||
int common,
|
||
int dup_common,
|
||
int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int sort,
|
||
int access_ctr,
|
||
int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int quadrant,
|
||
asection *seg)
|
||
{
|
||
ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
|
||
|
||
chain_entry = XNEW (ssd_chain_struct);
|
||
SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name);
|
||
|
||
/* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
|
||
we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
|
||
SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
|
||
|
||
chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
|
||
chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
|
||
chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
|
||
if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
|
||
space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
|
||
ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
|
||
|
||
chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
|
||
prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
|
||
|
||
while (chain_pointer)
|
||
{
|
||
prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
|
||
chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
|
||
the links. */
|
||
if (prev_chain_pointer)
|
||
{
|
||
chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
|
||
prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
|
||
chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
|
||
obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
|
||
quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
return chain_entry;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
|
||
various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
|
||
|
||
static ssd_chain_struct *
|
||
update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
|
||
char *name,
|
||
int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int comdat,
|
||
int common,
|
||
int dup_common,
|
||
int sort,
|
||
int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int access_ctr,
|
||
int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int quadrant,
|
||
asection *section)
|
||
{
|
||
ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
|
||
|
||
chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
|
||
obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
|
||
quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
return chain_entry;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
|
||
NULL if no such space exists. */
|
||
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *
|
||
is_defined_space (const char *name)
|
||
{
|
||
sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
|
||
|
||
for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
|
||
chain_pointer;
|
||
chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
|
||
if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
|
||
return chain_pointer;
|
||
|
||
/* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
|
||
from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
|
||
|
||
Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
|
||
so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
|
||
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *
|
||
pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg)
|
||
{
|
||
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
|
||
|
||
/* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
|
||
for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
|
||
space_chain;
|
||
space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
|
||
if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
|
||
return space_chain;
|
||
|
||
/* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
|
||
NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
|
||
|
||
When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
|
||
the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
|
||
For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
|
||
COMDAT data.
|
||
|
||
Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
|
||
not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
|
||
own subspace. */
|
||
|
||
static ssd_chain_struct *
|
||
is_defined_subspace (const char *name)
|
||
{
|
||
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
|
||
ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
|
||
|
||
/* Walk through each space. */
|
||
for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
|
||
space_chain;
|
||
space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
|
||
for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
|
||
subspace_chain;
|
||
subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
|
||
if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
|
||
return subspace_chain;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
|
||
mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
|
||
|
||
If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
|
||
(to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
|
||
to become more efficient. */
|
||
|
||
static ssd_chain_struct *
|
||
pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg)
|
||
{
|
||
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
|
||
ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
|
||
|
||
/* Walk through each space. */
|
||
for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
|
||
space_chain;
|
||
space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
|
||
{
|
||
if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
|
||
the correct mapping. */
|
||
for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
|
||
subspace_chain;
|
||
subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
|
||
if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
|
||
return subspace_chain;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
|
||
|
||
Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
|
||
that was found or NULL on failure. */
|
||
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *
|
||
pa_find_space_by_number (int number)
|
||
{
|
||
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
|
||
|
||
for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
|
||
space_chain;
|
||
space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
|
||
{
|
||
if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
|
||
return space_chain;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
|
||
address is unknown then return zero. */
|
||
|
||
static unsigned int
|
||
pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant)
|
||
{
|
||
/* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
|
||
is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
|
||
if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
|
||
return 0x40000000;
|
||
else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
|
||
return 0x40000000;
|
||
else
|
||
return 0;
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
|
||
a string. */
|
||
|
||
static unsigned int
|
||
pa_stringer_aux (char *s)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
|
||
|
||
switch (c)
|
||
{
|
||
case '\"':
|
||
c = NOT_A_CHAR;
|
||
break;
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
return c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_stringer (int append_zero)
|
||
{
|
||
char *s, num_buf[4];
|
||
unsigned int c;
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
/* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
|
||
For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
|
||
changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Skip the opening quote. */
|
||
s = input_line_pointer + 1;
|
||
|
||
while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
|
||
{
|
||
if (c == '\\')
|
||
{
|
||
c = *s;
|
||
switch (c)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Handle \x<num>. */
|
||
case 'x':
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int number;
|
||
int num_digit;
|
||
char dg;
|
||
char *s_start = s;
|
||
|
||
/* Get past the 'x'. */
|
||
s++;
|
||
for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
|
||
num_digit < 2
|
||
&& (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
|
||
|| (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
|
||
num_digit++)
|
||
{
|
||
if (ISDIGIT (dg))
|
||
number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
|
||
else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
|
||
number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
|
||
else
|
||
number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
|
||
|
||
s++;
|
||
dg = *s;
|
||
}
|
||
if (num_digit > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
switch (num_digit)
|
||
{
|
||
case 1:
|
||
sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
|
||
break;
|
||
case 2:
|
||
sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
|
||
s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
/* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
|
||
default:
|
||
s++;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
stringer (8 + append_zero);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
obj_version (0);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
obj_som_compiler (0);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
obj_copyright (0);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
|
||
the latest space label. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_cons (int nbytes)
|
||
{
|
||
cons (nbytes);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_float_cons (int float_type)
|
||
{
|
||
float_cons (float_type);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
s_fill (0);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_lcomm (int needs_align)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
s_lcomm (needs_align);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
s_lsym (0);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
|
||
set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
md_begin (void)
|
||
{
|
||
const char *retval = NULL;
|
||
int lose = 0;
|
||
unsigned int i = 0;
|
||
|
||
last_call_info = NULL;
|
||
call_info_root = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Set the default machine type. */
|
||
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
|
||
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
|
||
|
||
/* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
|
||
Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
|
||
if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
|
||
{
|
||
as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
|
||
flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
pa_spaces_begin ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
op_hash = hash_new ();
|
||
|
||
while (i < NUMOPCODES)
|
||
{
|
||
const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
|
||
|
||
retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
|
||
if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
|
||
{
|
||
as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
|
||
lose = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
do
|
||
{
|
||
if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
|
||
!= pa_opcodes[i].match)
|
||
{
|
||
fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
|
||
pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
|
||
lose = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
++i;
|
||
}
|
||
while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (lose)
|
||
as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
|
||
anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
|
||
subseg_set (text_section, 0);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
|
||
S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
|
||
/* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
|
||
symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP;
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
|
||
adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
|
||
relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
|
||
|
||
"T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
|
||
globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
|
||
an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
|
||
the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
|
||
with the address of "foo").
|
||
|
||
Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
|
||
when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
|
||
$LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
|
||
|
||
The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
|
||
any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
|
||
selectors).
|
||
|
||
??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
|
||
reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
reloc_type code;
|
||
#endif
|
||
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
|
||
|
||
hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
/* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
|
||
types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
|
||
even if they occur with a different selector. */
|
||
code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
|
||
|
||
switch (code)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
|
||
case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
|
||
|
||
/* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
|
||
case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
|
||
|
||
/* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
|
||
case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
||
case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
||
return 0;
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
|
||
the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
|
||
|
||
XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
|
||
for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
|
||
supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
|
||
if (fixp->fx_addsy
|
||
&& fixp->fx_subsy
|
||
&& (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
|
||
|
||
If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
|
||
adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
|
||
the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
|
||
but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
|
||
"ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
|
||
addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
|
||
it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
|
||
sum to the right value.
|
||
|
||
eg. Suppose we have
|
||
. ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
|
||
. ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
|
||
. ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
|
||
|
||
If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
|
||
reducing to the section symbol we get
|
||
. LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
|
||
. RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
|
||
. RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
|
||
and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
|
||
multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
|
||
|
||
In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
|
||
will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
|
||
addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
|
||
linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
|
||
above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
|
||
|
||
if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
|
||
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
|
||
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
|
||
relocations with plabels. */
|
||
if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
|
||
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
|
||
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
|
||
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
|
||
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
|
||
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
|
||
if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
|
||
if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
|
||
even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
|
||
within GAS. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp)
|
||
{
|
||
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
|
||
|
||
hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
|
||
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
|
||
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
|
||
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
|
||
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
|
||
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
|
||
|| (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
|
||
&& (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
|
||
return 1;
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
|
||
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
|
||
return 1;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
|
||
|
||
/* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
|
||
linking works. */
|
||
if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
|
||
return 1;
|
||
|
||
/* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
|
||
entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
|
||
call stub. */
|
||
if (fixp->fx_pcrel
|
||
&& arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
|
||
hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
|
||
return 1;
|
||
|
||
/* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
|
||
if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
|
||
{
|
||
long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
|
||
valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
|
||
|
||
distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
|
||
|
||
/* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
|
||
but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
|
||
min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
if (last_call_info != NULL)
|
||
min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
|
||
&& min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
|
||
|| (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
|
||
&& distance + 262144 >= 524288
|
||
&& min_stub_distance <= 262144)
|
||
|| (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
|
||
&& distance + 8192 >= 16384
|
||
&& min_stub_distance <= 8192)
|
||
)
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
|
||
return 1;
|
||
|
||
/* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
/* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
|
||
field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
|
||
call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
|
||
difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
elf_hppa_final_processing (void)
|
||
{
|
||
struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
|
||
|
||
for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
|
||
call_info_pointer;
|
||
call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
|
||
{
|
||
elf_symbol_type *esym
|
||
= ((elf_symbol_type *)
|
||
symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
|
||
esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
|
||
S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
|
||
- S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
struct fix *new_fix;
|
||
|
||
new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
|
||
|
||
if (new_fix)
|
||
{
|
||
struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct);
|
||
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
|
||
hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
|
||
new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
|
||
new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
struct fix *new_fix;
|
||
|
||
new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
|
||
|
||
if (new_fix)
|
||
{
|
||
struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct);
|
||
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
|
||
hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
|
||
new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
|
||
new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
|
||
are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
|
||
dependent tables? */
|
||
const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
|
||
{
|
||
/* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
|
||
not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
{"align", pa_align, 8},
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
{"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
|
||
{"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
|
||
{"block", pa_block, 1},
|
||
{"blockz", pa_block, 0},
|
||
{"byte", pa_cons, 1},
|
||
{"call", pa_call, 0},
|
||
{"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
|
||
#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
|
||
{"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
|
||
#else
|
||
{"code", pa_text, 0},
|
||
{"comm", pa_comm, 0},
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
{"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
|
||
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
|
||
{"data", pa_data, 0},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
|
||
{"dword", pa_cons, 8},
|
||
{"end", pa_end, 0},
|
||
{"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
|
||
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
|
||
{"end_try", pa_try, 0},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{"enter", pa_enter, 0},
|
||
{"entry", pa_entry, 0},
|
||
{"equ", pa_equ, 0},
|
||
{"exit", pa_exit, 0},
|
||
{"export", pa_export, 0},
|
||
{"fill", pa_fill, 0},
|
||
{"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
|
||
{"half", pa_cons, 2},
|
||
{"import", pa_import, 0},
|
||
{"int", pa_cons, 4},
|
||
{"label", pa_label, 0},
|
||
{"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
|
||
{"leave", pa_leave, 0},
|
||
{"level", pa_level, 0},
|
||
{"long", pa_cons, 4},
|
||
{"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
{"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{"octa", pa_cons, 16},
|
||
{"org", pa_origin, 0},
|
||
{"origin", pa_origin, 0},
|
||
{"param", pa_param, 0},
|
||
{"proc", pa_proc, 0},
|
||
{"procend", pa_procend, 0},
|
||
{"quad", pa_cons, 8},
|
||
{"reg", pa_equ, 1},
|
||
{"short", pa_cons, 2},
|
||
{"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
{"space", pa_space, 0},
|
||
{"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{"string", pa_stringer, 0},
|
||
{"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
{"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
|
||
#endif
|
||
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
|
||
{"text", pa_text, 0},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{"version", pa_version, 0},
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
{"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
|
||
{"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{"word", pa_cons, 4},
|
||
{NULL, 0, 0}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
void
|
||
hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
|
||
{
|
||
cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int regnum = -1;
|
||
unsigned int i;
|
||
const char *p;
|
||
char *q;
|
||
static struct { const char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] =
|
||
{
|
||
{ "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 },
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i)
|
||
if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0)
|
||
return regnames[i].dw2regnum;
|
||
|
||
if (regname[0] == 'r')
|
||
{
|
||
p = regname + 1;
|
||
regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
|
||
if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32)
|
||
return -1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r')
|
||
{
|
||
p = regname + 2;
|
||
regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
|
||
#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
|
||
if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
|
||
return -1;
|
||
regnum += 32 - 4;
|
||
#else
|
||
if (p == q
|
||
|| (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1)))
|
||
|| regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
|
||
return -1;
|
||
regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32;
|
||
if (*q == 'R')
|
||
regnum++;
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
return regnum;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|